1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
300 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
301 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
303 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
304 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
305 the string table over and over. */
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
309 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
310 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
312 return (char *) shstrtab
;
316 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
317 unsigned int shindex
,
318 unsigned int strindex
)
320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
325 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
328 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
330 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
332 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
334 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
335 /* xgettext:c-format */
336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
337 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
342 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
347 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
348 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
349 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
350 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
351 the section is zero. */
352 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
356 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
358 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
360 /* xgettext:c-format */
361 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
362 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
363 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
365 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
369 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
372 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
373 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
374 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
375 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
376 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
377 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
378 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
381 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
391 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
392 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
402 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
408 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
410 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
412 elf_section_list
* entry
;
413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
415 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
416 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
419 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
422 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
424 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
429 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
431 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
432 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
433 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
434 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
435 the index table will not be needed. */
439 /* Read the symbols. */
441 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
444 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
445 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
451 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
452 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
454 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
455 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
457 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
458 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
459 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
465 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
469 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
475 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
476 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
497 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
498 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
499 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
503 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
504 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
505 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
506 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
508 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
509 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
511 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
512 /* xgettext:c-format */
513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
514 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
515 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
523 free (alloc_extshndx
);
528 /* Look up a symbol name. */
530 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
532 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
536 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
537 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
539 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
540 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
541 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
543 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
544 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
547 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
550 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
551 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
556 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
557 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
560 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
561 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
563 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
565 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
566 signature just a string? */
569 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
571 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
572 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
573 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
574 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
576 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
577 that it is a symbol table section. */
578 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
580 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
581 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
582 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
585 /* Go read the symbol. */
586 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
587 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
588 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
591 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
594 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
597 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
599 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
601 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
602 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
605 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
607 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
608 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
609 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
612 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
613 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
614 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
615 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
616 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
618 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
620 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
622 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
628 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
634 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
635 so we can find them quickly. */
638 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
639 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
640 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
641 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
642 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
646 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
648 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
650 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
653 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
655 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
657 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
660 /* Add to list of sections. */
661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
664 /* Read the raw contents. */
665 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
666 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
667 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
668 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
669 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
671 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
674 /* xgettext:c-format */
675 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
676 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
677 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
678 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
683 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
684 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
685 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
687 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
688 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
696 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
697 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
701 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
702 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
703 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
708 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
709 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
710 section group should be marked with
711 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
712 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
714 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
717 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
720 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
728 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
729 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
733 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
736 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
739 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
740 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
746 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
748 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
751 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
753 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
754 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
756 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
757 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
763 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
764 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
766 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
767 /* xgettext:c-format */
768 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
769 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
770 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
774 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
776 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
777 section is a member. */
779 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
783 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
784 other members to see if any others are linked via
786 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
787 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
789 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
790 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
791 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
795 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
796 insert current section in circular list. */
797 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
798 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
805 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
808 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
810 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
811 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
814 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
816 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
817 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
819 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
826 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
828 /* xgettext:c-format */
829 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
837 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
840 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
841 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
844 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
845 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
847 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
848 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
850 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
851 /* An sh_link value of 0 is now allowed. It indicates that linked
852 to section has already been discarded, but that the current
853 section has been retained for some other reason. This linking
854 section is still a candidate for later garbage collection
858 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = NULL
;
862 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
864 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
866 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
867 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
871 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
872 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
876 /* xgettext:c-format */
877 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
878 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
882 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
885 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
886 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
889 /* xgettext:c-format */
890 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
891 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
896 /* Process section groups. */
897 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
900 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
902 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
903 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
906 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
907 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
917 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
918 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
924 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
926 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
927 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
928 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
929 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
931 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
933 /* xgettext:c-format */
934 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
937 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
938 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
951 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
953 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
957 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
959 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
960 return elf_group_name (sec
);
965 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
967 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
968 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
969 if (new_name
== NULL
)
973 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
978 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
980 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
981 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
982 if (new_name
== NULL
)
985 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
989 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
993 int16_t major_version
;
994 int16_t minor_version
;
995 unsigned char slim_object
;
997 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1001 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1002 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1005 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1006 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1012 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1013 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1015 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1018 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1019 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1022 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1023 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1026 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1027 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1028 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1030 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1032 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1033 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1034 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1035 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1037 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1040 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1043 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1044 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1045 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1047 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1049 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1052 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1054 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1055 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1056 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1057 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1059 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1060 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1061 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1062 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1064 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1066 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1067 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1071 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1072 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1077 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1079 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1080 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1081 if (name
[0] == '.')
1083 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1084 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1085 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1086 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1087 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1088 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1090 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1093 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1094 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1095 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1096 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1100 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1101 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1102 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1105 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1106 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1107 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1108 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1109 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1110 all but one of the sections. */
1111 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1112 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1113 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1115 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1118 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1119 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1120 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1123 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1124 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1125 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1126 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1130 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1133 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1134 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1138 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1140 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1141 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1143 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1144 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1145 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1146 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1147 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1148 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1149 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1151 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1153 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1156 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1157 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1159 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1160 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1161 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1162 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1164 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1165 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1166 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1168 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1169 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1170 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1171 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1172 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1173 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1174 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1175 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1176 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1178 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1179 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1180 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1181 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1182 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1183 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1184 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1190 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1191 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1192 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1193 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1194 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1196 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1197 int compression_header_size
;
1198 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1199 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1200 bfd_boolean compressed
1201 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1202 &compression_header_size
,
1204 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1207 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1208 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1209 action
= decompress
;
1212 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1213 section. Check if we should compress. */
1214 if (action
== nothing
)
1216 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1217 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1218 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1219 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1221 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1222 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1228 if (action
== compress
)
1230 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1233 /* xgettext:c-format */
1234 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1241 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1244 /* xgettext:c-format */
1245 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1251 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1254 && (action
== decompress
1255 || (action
== compress
1256 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1258 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1259 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1261 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1262 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1264 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1268 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1269 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1270 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1273 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1275 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1276 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1278 struct lto_section lsection
;
1279 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1280 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1281 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1287 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1289 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1290 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1291 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1294 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1295 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1296 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1297 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1298 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1299 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1300 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1301 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1302 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1304 bfd_reloc_status_type
1305 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1306 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1308 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1309 asection
*input_section
,
1311 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1313 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1314 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1315 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1316 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1318 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1319 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1322 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1325 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1326 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1327 should be the same. */
1330 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1331 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1333 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1334 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1335 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1336 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1338 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1339 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1341 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1344 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1345 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1346 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1347 to be the correct section. */
1350 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1351 const unsigned int hint
)
1353 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1356 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1358 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1359 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1360 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1361 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1364 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1366 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1368 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1370 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1371 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1372 multiple matches ? */
1379 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1380 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1381 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1384 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1386 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1387 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1388 const unsigned int secnum
)
1390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1391 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1392 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1393 unsigned int sh_link
;
1395 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1397 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1398 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1399 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1400 matched up with the original.
1402 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1403 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1404 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1405 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1406 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1407 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1408 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1409 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1410 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1411 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1412 without any contents. */
1413 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1414 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1415 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1416 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1420 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1421 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1425 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1426 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1427 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1428 in the input bfd. */
1429 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1431 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1432 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1435 /* xgettext:c-format */
1436 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1437 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1441 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1442 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1444 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1448 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1449 if we could not find a match ? */
1451 /* xgettext:c-format */
1452 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1455 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1457 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1458 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1460 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1462 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1464 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1465 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1468 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1469 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1471 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1473 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1478 /* xgettext:c-format */
1479 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1485 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1489 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1491 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1492 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1493 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1496 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1497 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1500 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1502 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1503 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1506 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1508 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1509 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1510 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1512 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1513 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1514 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1515 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1517 /* Copy object attributes. */
1518 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1520 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1523 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1525 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1526 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1529 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1531 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1532 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1533 files. See below for more details. */
1535 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1536 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1539 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1540 fields have already been initialised. */
1541 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1542 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1545 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1546 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1547 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1549 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1551 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1554 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1555 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1556 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1557 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1559 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1560 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1561 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1562 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1563 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1564 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1569 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1572 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1573 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1574 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1575 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1577 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1579 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1582 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1583 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1584 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1586 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1587 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1588 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1589 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1590 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1591 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1592 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1593 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1594 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1595 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1597 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1602 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1604 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1605 with a NULL input section. */
1606 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1615 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1620 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1621 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1622 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1623 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1624 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1625 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1626 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1627 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1628 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1629 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1630 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1631 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1636 /* Print out the program headers. */
1639 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1641 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1642 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1644 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1646 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1651 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1652 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1653 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1655 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1660 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1663 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1664 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1665 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1666 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1667 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1668 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1669 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1670 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1671 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1672 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1673 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1674 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1675 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1676 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1677 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1678 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1679 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1684 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1687 unsigned int elfsec
;
1688 unsigned long shlink
;
1689 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1691 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1693 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1695 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1698 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1699 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1701 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1703 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1704 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1707 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1708 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1710 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1711 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1713 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1715 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1716 const char *name
= "";
1718 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1719 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1721 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1723 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1730 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1731 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1733 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1735 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1740 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1741 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1742 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1743 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1744 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1745 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1746 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1747 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1748 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1749 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1750 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1751 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1752 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1753 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1754 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1755 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1756 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1757 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1758 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1759 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1760 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1761 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1762 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1763 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1764 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1765 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1766 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1767 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1768 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1769 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1770 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1771 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1772 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1773 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1774 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1775 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1776 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1777 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1778 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1779 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1780 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1781 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1782 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1783 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1784 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1785 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1786 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1787 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1788 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1789 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1790 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1791 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1792 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1793 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1794 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1795 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1796 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1797 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1800 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1804 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1809 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1811 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1814 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1823 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1824 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1826 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1830 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1832 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1834 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1835 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1837 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1838 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1839 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1840 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1842 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1845 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1849 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1855 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1857 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1859 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1860 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1862 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1864 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1865 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1866 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1867 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1868 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1869 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1880 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1881 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1884 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1886 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1888 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1889 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1890 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1892 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1894 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1895 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1898 version_string
= "";
1899 else if (vernum
== 1
1900 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1901 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1903 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1904 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1906 const char *nodename
1907 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1908 version_string
= "";
1911 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1912 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1913 version_string
= nodename
;
1917 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1919 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1920 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1924 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1926 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1928 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1930 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1937 return version_string
;
1940 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1943 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1946 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1948 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1951 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1952 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1954 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1955 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1956 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1957 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1959 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1961 const char *section_name
;
1962 const char *name
= NULL
;
1963 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1964 unsigned char st_other
;
1966 const char *version_string
;
1969 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1971 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1972 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1973 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1977 name
= symbol
->name
;
1978 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1981 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1982 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1983 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1984 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1985 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1986 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1987 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1989 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1990 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1992 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1993 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2000 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2005 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2006 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2011 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2012 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2017 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2018 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2019 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2021 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2023 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2026 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2032 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2034 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2037 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2039 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2040 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2041 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2043 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2044 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2045 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2046 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2048 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2053 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2054 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2055 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2056 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2057 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2058 can expect to recurse at least once.
2060 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2061 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2063 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2065 free (sections_being_created
);
2066 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2068 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2070 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2072 /* PR 26005: Do not use bfd_zalloc here as the memory might
2073 be released before the bfd has been fully scanned. */
2074 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
2075 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2077 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2079 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2082 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2085 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2088 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2089 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2090 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2095 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2096 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2099 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2102 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2103 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2104 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2105 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2106 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2107 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2108 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2109 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2110 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2111 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2114 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2115 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2118 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2120 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2121 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2122 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2125 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2126 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2127 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2129 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2134 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2136 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2138 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2140 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2141 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2142 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2143 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2145 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2146 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2150 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2152 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2153 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2155 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2156 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2158 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2166 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2167 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2170 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2173 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2175 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2177 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2178 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2179 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2184 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2185 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2186 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2189 /* xgettext:c-format */
2190 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2191 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2195 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2196 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2197 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2198 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2200 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2201 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2202 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2203 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2204 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2206 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2207 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2208 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2212 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2213 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2214 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2216 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2217 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2219 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2220 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2223 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2224 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2226 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2228 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2229 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2234 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2236 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2238 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2239 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2244 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2245 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2249 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2250 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2253 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2256 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2258 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2261 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2262 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2263 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2268 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2269 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2270 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2273 /* xgettext:c-format */
2274 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2275 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2279 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2280 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2281 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2282 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2284 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2285 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2286 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2289 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2291 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2293 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2294 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2297 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2300 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2302 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2303 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2304 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2308 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2309 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2312 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2314 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2315 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2319 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2322 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2323 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2327 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2330 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2331 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2332 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2333 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2335 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2340 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2341 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2342 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2343 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2345 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2347 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2348 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2351 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2353 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2356 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2358 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2360 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2361 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2365 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2370 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2372 asection
*target_sect
;
2373 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2374 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2375 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2378 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2379 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2382 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2383 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2386 /* xgettext:c-format */
2387 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2388 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2389 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2394 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2395 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2396 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2397 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2398 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2399 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2400 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2402 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2403 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2404 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2405 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2411 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2413 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2414 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2425 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2428 /* Get the symbol table. */
2429 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2430 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2431 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2434 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2435 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2436 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2437 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2438 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2439 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2440 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2441 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2442 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2443 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2444 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2445 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2446 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2447 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2448 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2449 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2451 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2456 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2459 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2460 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2463 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2464 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2465 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2467 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2469 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2470 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2474 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2477 /* xgettext:c-format */
2478 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2479 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2480 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2485 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2490 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2491 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2492 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2493 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2494 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2495 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2496 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2497 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2498 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2500 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2501 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2503 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2507 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2508 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2509 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2510 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2513 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2514 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2517 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2518 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2519 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2522 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2523 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2524 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2525 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2532 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2535 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2541 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2542 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2543 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2545 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2547 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2551 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2552 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2555 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2557 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2558 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2559 for applications? */
2561 /* xgettext:c-format */
2562 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2563 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2566 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2567 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2572 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2573 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2574 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2576 /* xgettext:c-format */
2577 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2578 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2579 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2581 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2582 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2583 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2584 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2585 be rejected with an error message. */
2587 /* xgettext:c-format */
2588 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2589 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2592 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2593 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2598 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2600 /* xgettext:c-format */
2601 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2602 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2610 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2611 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2612 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2614 free (sections_being_created
);
2615 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2616 sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2621 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2624 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2626 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2628 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2630 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2633 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2634 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2636 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2637 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2638 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2641 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2643 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2646 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2649 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2652 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2656 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2658 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2660 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2663 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2666 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2669 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2673 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2676 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2680 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2681 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2682 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2691 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2694 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2698 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2701 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2710 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2712 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2715 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2718 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2721 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2723 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2724 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2726 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2729 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2735 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2737 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2738 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2739 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2742 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2744 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2746 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2749 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2751 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2752 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2753 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2754 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2755 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2758 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2760 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2761 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2762 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2763 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2764 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2765 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2766 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2769 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2771 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2772 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2773 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2774 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2777 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2779 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2780 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2781 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2782 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2783 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2786 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2788 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2789 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2790 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2792 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2793 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2794 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2795 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2798 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2800 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2802 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2804 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2805 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2806 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2812 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2815 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2816 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2817 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2823 len
= strlen (name
);
2825 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2828 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2830 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2832 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2835 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2836 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2838 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2840 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2842 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2843 && (suffix_len
== -2
2844 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2850 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2852 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2853 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2863 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2864 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2867 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2868 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2870 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2871 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2874 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2875 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2878 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2879 bed
->special_sections
,
2885 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2888 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2889 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2892 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2897 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2901 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2903 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2904 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2905 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2907 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2910 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2914 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2917 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2918 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2919 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2921 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2922 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2923 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2926 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2927 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2930 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2933 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2935 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2936 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2937 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2938 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2940 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2941 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2942 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2943 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2944 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2945 of combined data+bss.
2947 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2948 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2949 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2950 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2951 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2956 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2957 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2959 const char *type_name
)
2966 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2968 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2969 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2970 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2972 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2974 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2975 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2976 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2979 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2980 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2981 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2983 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2984 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2985 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2986 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2987 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2988 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2989 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2991 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2992 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2993 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2995 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2997 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3000 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3002 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3006 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3010 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3011 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3012 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3015 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3016 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3017 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3019 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3020 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3021 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3022 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3023 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3024 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3025 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3026 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3027 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3029 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3030 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3031 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3033 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3034 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3041 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3043 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3044 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3045 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3051 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3053 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3055 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3058 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3061 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3063 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3064 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3068 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3071 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3074 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3076 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3082 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3085 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3087 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3092 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3095 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3098 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3099 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3100 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3104 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3108 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3110 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3112 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3113 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3116 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3120 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3122 const char *sec_name
,
3123 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3125 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3126 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3130 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3132 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3134 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3140 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3141 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3142 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3146 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3147 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3148 const char *sec_name
,
3149 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3150 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3152 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3153 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3155 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3156 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3157 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3159 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3160 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3161 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3164 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3165 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3166 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3167 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3168 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3169 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3170 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3171 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3172 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3177 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3180 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3182 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3183 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3185 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3188 struct fake_section_arg
3190 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3194 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3197 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3199 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3200 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3201 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3202 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3203 unsigned int sh_type
;
3204 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3205 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3210 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3215 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3219 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3220 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3221 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3225 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3227 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3228 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3229 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3230 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3231 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3234 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3236 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3237 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3239 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3240 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3244 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3245 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3253 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3255 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3256 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3257 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3258 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3259 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3260 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3265 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3270 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3271 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3275 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3277 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3284 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3286 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3287 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3288 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3290 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3292 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3293 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3294 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3295 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3296 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3299 /* xgettext:c-format */
3300 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3301 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3305 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3306 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3307 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3308 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3309 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3310 copy_private_section_data. */
3312 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3313 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3315 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3317 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3318 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3320 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3322 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3323 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3324 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3325 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3326 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3328 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3329 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3330 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3331 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3333 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3334 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3337 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3348 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3349 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3350 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3351 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3355 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3359 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3363 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3367 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3368 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3372 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3373 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3376 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3377 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3380 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3381 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3382 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3383 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3385 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3386 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3388 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3389 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3392 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3393 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3394 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3395 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3397 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3398 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3400 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3401 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3405 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3409 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3413 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3414 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3415 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3416 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3417 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3418 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3419 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3421 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3422 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3424 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3425 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3426 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3427 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3428 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3430 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3431 if (asect
->size
== 0
3432 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3434 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3436 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3439 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3440 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3441 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3445 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3446 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3448 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3449 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3450 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3451 create the other. */
3452 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3454 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3457 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3458 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3459 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3460 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3462 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3463 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3464 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3469 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3470 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3471 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3477 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3479 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3489 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3490 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3491 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3492 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3498 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3500 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3501 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3502 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3506 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3507 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3508 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3509 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3512 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3514 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3515 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3519 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3521 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3526 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3528 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3530 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3532 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3533 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3537 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3539 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3540 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3545 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3547 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3549 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3551 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3552 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3553 set until all local symbols are output. */
3555 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3556 unsigned long symndx
;
3557 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3560 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3561 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3562 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3563 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3564 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3565 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3567 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3569 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3571 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3572 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3574 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3575 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3576 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3577 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3579 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3582 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3584 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3587 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3589 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3590 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3591 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3598 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3600 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3601 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3602 start of the input section group. */
3603 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3605 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3606 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3607 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3608 directives, not that it matters. */
3615 s
= s
->output_section
;
3617 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3619 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3620 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3622 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3624 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3625 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3627 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3631 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3633 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3634 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3636 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3638 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3641 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3643 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3649 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3651 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3654 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3655 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3656 relocations apply. */
3659 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3661 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3662 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3663 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3664 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3669 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3675 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3678 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3681 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3686 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3688 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3689 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3692 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3693 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3694 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3697 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3700 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3701 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3702 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3705 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3706 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3707 in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
3708 here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
3711 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3713 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3715 unsigned int section_number
;
3716 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3717 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3718 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3723 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3725 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3726 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3728 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3730 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3731 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3733 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3735 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3737 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3739 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3740 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3741 abfd
->section_count
--;
3744 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3747 /* Count relocations. */
3748 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3751 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3752 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3753 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3756 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3758 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3760 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3761 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3762 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3763 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3766 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3767 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3768 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3775 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3776 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3777 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3783 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3784 || (link_info
== NULL
3785 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3789 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3790 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3791 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3793 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3795 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3797 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3798 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3799 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3801 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3802 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3803 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3806 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3807 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3810 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3811 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3812 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3814 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3816 /* xgettext:c-format */
3817 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3818 abfd
, section_number
);
3822 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3823 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3825 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3827 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3828 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3829 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3832 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3833 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3834 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3836 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3840 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3842 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3845 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3846 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3848 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3849 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3850 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3851 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3853 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3854 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3857 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3861 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3863 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3864 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3865 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3866 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3867 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3869 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3871 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3872 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3873 the relocation entries apply. */
3874 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3876 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3877 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3878 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3880 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3882 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3883 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3884 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3887 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3888 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3890 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3891 /* We can now have a NULL linked section pointer.
3892 This happens when the sh_link field is 0, which is done
3893 when a linked to section is discarded but the linking
3894 section has been retained for some reason. */
3897 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3898 if (discarded_section (s
))
3902 /* xgettext:c-format */
3903 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3904 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3905 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3906 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3907 size as the discarded one. */
3908 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3911 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3916 /* Handle objcopy. */
3917 else if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3920 /* xgettext:c-format */
3921 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3922 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3923 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3924 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3927 s
= s
->output_section
;
3928 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3932 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3936 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3937 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3938 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3939 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3940 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3941 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3942 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3944 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3946 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3949 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3950 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3955 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3956 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3957 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3958 field to point to this section. */
3959 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3960 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3965 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3966 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3969 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3970 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3971 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3975 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3977 /* This is a .stab section. */
3978 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
3985 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3986 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3987 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3988 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3990 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3992 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3995 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3996 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3997 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3998 the version strings. */
3999 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4000 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4002 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4007 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4008 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4009 this hash table or version table is for. */
4010 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4012 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4016 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4020 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4021 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4022 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4028 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4030 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4031 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4032 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4033 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4035 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4036 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4037 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4040 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4041 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4042 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4043 the beginning of that array.
4045 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4048 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4049 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4051 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4053 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4055 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4056 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4057 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4059 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4062 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4065 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4067 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4070 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4073 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4078 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4079 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4082 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4084 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4089 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4092 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4095 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (sym
);
4096 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4097 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4098 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4099 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4100 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4101 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4102 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4103 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4106 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4107 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4110 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4112 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4113 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4114 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4115 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4116 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4117 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4118 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4119 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4126 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4130 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4132 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4133 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4137 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4138 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4139 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4141 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4142 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4144 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4145 decided to output. */
4146 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4148 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4150 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4152 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4153 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4155 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4157 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4158 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4160 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4164 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4165 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4167 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4169 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4173 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4174 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4175 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4176 at least in that case. */
4177 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4179 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4181 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4188 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4189 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4190 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4191 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4194 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4196 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4199 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4200 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4201 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4206 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4208 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4210 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4212 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4215 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4216 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4219 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4221 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4225 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4227 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4231 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4232 ELF data structure. */
4234 static inline file_ptr
4235 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4237 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4240 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4241 required section alignment. */
4244 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4248 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4249 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4250 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4251 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4252 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4253 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4254 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4258 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4259 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4260 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4263 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4264 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4266 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4267 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4269 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4271 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4273 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4276 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4277 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4278 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4280 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4283 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4284 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4285 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4289 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4292 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4293 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4294 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4295 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4299 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4300 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4302 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4307 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4309 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4314 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4315 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4316 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4317 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4318 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4319 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4320 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4321 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4322 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4323 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4324 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4326 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4332 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4334 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4336 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4337 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4339 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4341 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4342 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4343 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4344 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4347 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4348 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4350 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4352 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4354 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4355 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4357 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4360 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4365 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4366 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4368 static bfd_size_type
4369 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4373 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4375 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4376 and one for data. */
4379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4382 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4383 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4384 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4389 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4391 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4395 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4397 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4401 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4403 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4407 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4409 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4413 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4414 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4415 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4417 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4421 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4423 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4424 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4426 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4427 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4429 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4430 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4431 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4432 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4433 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4434 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4435 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4436 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4437 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4438 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4443 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4445 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4447 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4453 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4455 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4456 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4458 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4459 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4460 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4461 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4463 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4466 /* xgettext:c-format */
4467 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4468 "sh_info field: %d"),
4469 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4472 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4473 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4474 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4479 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4480 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4484 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4490 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4493 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4496 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4498 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4499 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4501 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4507 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4508 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4515 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4517 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4518 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4519 asection
**sections
,
4524 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4529 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4530 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4531 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4535 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4536 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4537 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4538 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4540 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4542 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4543 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4544 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4550 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4553 struct elf_segment_map
*
4554 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4556 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4558 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4559 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4563 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4565 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4570 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4573 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4574 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4575 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4577 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4578 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4580 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4581 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4582 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4583 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4585 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4588 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4590 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4592 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4593 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4594 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4596 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4600 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4602 if (remove_empty_load
4603 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4605 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4611 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4612 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4614 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4621 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4622 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4624 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4627 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4630 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4631 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4632 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4633 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4635 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4638 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4640 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4644 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4645 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4648 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4649 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4651 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4652 bfd_boolean writable
;
4653 bfd_boolean executable
;
4654 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4655 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4656 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4657 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4659 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4660 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4661 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4663 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4665 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4666 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4667 if (sections
== NULL
)
4670 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4671 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4673 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4674 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4677 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4679 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4681 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4682 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4684 s
->target_index
= i
;
4687 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4688 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4689 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4692 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4695 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4697 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4698 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4699 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4700 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4701 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4703 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4704 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4706 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4708 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4709 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4710 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4711 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4712 been left for them. */
4713 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4715 /* Build the mapping. */
4719 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4720 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4722 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4723 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4725 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4726 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4730 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4732 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4733 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4734 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4738 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4739 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4743 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4751 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4752 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4753 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4759 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4761 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4764 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4765 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4767 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4768 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4769 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4770 program headers we will need. */
4771 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4773 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4774 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4776 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4778 && info
->separate_code
4779 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4781 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4782 thus not executable, and the first section is
4783 executable then put the file and program headers in
4784 their own PT_LOAD. */
4785 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4786 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4787 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4789 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4790 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4791 previous page if we can. */
4792 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4793 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4795 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4798 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4799 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4800 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4801 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4802 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4803 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4804 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4805 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4807 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4808 else if (separate_phdr
)
4810 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4813 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4815 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4816 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4819 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4823 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4826 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4830 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4833 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4835 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4836 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4837 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4839 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4841 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4842 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4846 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4847 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4849 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4850 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4853 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4854 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4855 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4857 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4858 pages onto the same memory page. */
4859 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4861 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4862 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4863 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4864 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4865 section can be included in the current segment. */
4866 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4867 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4868 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4869 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4871 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4872 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4875 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4876 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4878 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4879 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4880 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4881 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4884 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4886 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4887 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4888 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4889 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4891 else if (info
!= NULL
4892 && info
->separate_code
4893 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4898 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4900 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4906 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4907 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4910 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4911 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4913 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4915 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4921 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4923 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4926 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4927 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4931 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4932 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4934 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4941 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4946 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4952 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4953 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4955 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4958 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4960 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4961 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4962 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4964 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4972 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4975 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4982 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4983 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4984 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4985 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4986 in the output file. */
4987 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4989 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4990 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4993 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4996 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4998 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4999 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5000 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5001 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5008 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5009 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5010 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5014 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5018 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5019 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5022 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5023 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5027 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5033 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5034 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5038 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5041 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5042 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5043 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5048 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5049 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5051 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5053 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5055 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5058 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5061 while (i
< tls_count
)
5063 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5065 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5069 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5072 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5084 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5085 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5086 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5087 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5088 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5090 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5091 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5092 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5094 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5097 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5098 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5102 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5103 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5105 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5107 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5113 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5114 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5115 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5117 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5118 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5122 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5124 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5131 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5133 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5134 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5135 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5137 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5138 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5142 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5144 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5150 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5152 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5153 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5157 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5158 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5159 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5160 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5161 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5162 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5164 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5165 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5172 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5174 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5176 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5178 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5179 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5182 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5184 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5185 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5186 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5190 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5195 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5198 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5199 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5203 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5210 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5213 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5216 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5218 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5227 /* Sort sections by address. */
5230 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5232 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5233 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5234 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5236 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5237 place the section into a segment. */
5238 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5240 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5243 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5244 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5245 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5247 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5250 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5252 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5259 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5264 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5265 before others at the same address. */
5267 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5268 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5275 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5278 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5279 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5282 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5284 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5285 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5287 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5289 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5291 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5293 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5295 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5296 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5297 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5298 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5299 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5301 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5303 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5305 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5307 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5309 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5312 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5314 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5316 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5318 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5321 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5323 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5324 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5328 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5330 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5331 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5332 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5333 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5334 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5337 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5338 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5340 /* In other words, something like:
5342 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5343 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5344 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5345 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5347 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5349 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5352 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5354 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5355 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5357 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5361 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5364 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5369 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5370 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5371 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5372 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5373 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5374 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5376 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5377 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5381 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5382 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5383 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5389 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5394 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5396 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5399 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5404 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5405 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5409 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5410 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5412 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5413 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5414 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5415 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5416 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5417 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5418 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5419 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5421 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5422 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5424 if (link_info
== NULL
5425 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5429 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5434 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5435 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5439 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5440 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5441 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5444 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5446 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5449 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5453 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5454 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5455 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5456 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5461 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5465 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5466 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5467 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5468 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5469 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5471 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5472 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5473 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5474 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5475 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5476 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5477 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5481 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5483 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5484 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5485 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5486 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5487 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5488 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5490 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5491 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5493 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5494 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5495 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5500 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5504 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5505 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5507 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5508 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5509 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5510 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5511 position after the ELF file header. */
5512 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5513 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5515 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5516 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5518 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5524 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5525 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5527 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5530 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5531 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5533 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5534 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5535 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5536 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5537 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5538 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5540 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5541 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5544 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5546 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5548 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5549 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5550 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5553 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5555 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5556 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5558 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5559 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5560 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5561 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5562 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5563 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5564 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5566 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5567 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5569 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5571 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5572 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5573 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5574 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5576 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5578 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5580 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5583 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5585 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5588 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5589 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5591 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5595 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5597 unsigned int secalign
;
5599 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5600 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5601 align_power
= secalign
;
5603 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5604 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5605 align
= maxpagesize
;
5608 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5609 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5610 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5611 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5612 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5613 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5615 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5618 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5619 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5621 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5625 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5627 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5628 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5631 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5632 && bed
->no_page_alias
5633 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5634 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5635 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5636 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5640 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5641 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5642 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5643 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5644 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5645 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5646 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5647 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5652 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5653 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5654 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5656 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5659 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5660 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5665 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5666 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5667 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5668 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5670 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5672 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5674 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5675 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5676 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5680 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5681 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5682 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5685 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5686 " try linking with -N"),
5688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5692 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5696 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5698 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5699 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5700 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5701 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5705 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5707 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5709 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5710 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5711 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5713 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5715 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5718 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5719 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5720 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5723 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5725 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5726 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5727 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5728 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5729 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5730 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5731 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5732 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5735 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5739 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5740 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5742 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5747 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5748 without file contents somewhere within the first
5749 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5750 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5751 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5755 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5760 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5762 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5764 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5765 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5769 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5770 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5771 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5772 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5773 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5774 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5777 bfd_size_type align
;
5778 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5781 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5782 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5784 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5785 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5786 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5787 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5788 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5789 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5791 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5792 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5793 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5794 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5798 || p_end
< p_start
))
5801 /* xgettext:c-format */
5802 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5803 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5804 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5806 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5808 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5810 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5812 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5815 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5817 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5818 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5820 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5821 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5825 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5826 as would seem proper for their address when the
5827 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5828 doesn't really have any significance for
5829 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5830 relative to other sections. Historically we
5831 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5832 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5833 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5834 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5837 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5838 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5841 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5842 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5845 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5847 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5851 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5852 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5853 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5859 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5868 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5870 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5871 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5872 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5874 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5875 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5876 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5878 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5879 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5880 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5881 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5882 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5883 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5885 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5887 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5890 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5892 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5893 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5894 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5895 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5896 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5897 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5899 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5901 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5902 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5904 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5906 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5907 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5910 if (align
> p
->p_align
5911 && !m
->p_align_valid
5912 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5913 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5917 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5920 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5922 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5929 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5930 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5931 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5932 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5933 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5934 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5936 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5937 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5938 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5939 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5940 " by LOAD segment"),
5942 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5944 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5945 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5946 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5949 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5950 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5951 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5953 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5955 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5956 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5957 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5958 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5959 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5960 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5962 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5967 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5969 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5972 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5973 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5974 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5975 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5978 /* xgettext:c-format */
5979 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5981 print_segment_map (m
);
5987 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5989 if (link_info
!= NULL
5990 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5991 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5993 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5994 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5995 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5997 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5998 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5999 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
6000 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6002 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6003 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6004 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6005 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6008 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6010 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6011 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6012 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6014 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6015 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6016 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6024 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6025 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6029 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6030 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6033 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6034 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6042 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6043 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6044 use heuristics instead. */
6047 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6049 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6054 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6056 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6058 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6060 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6061 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6062 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6063 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6064 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6071 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6072 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6075 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6076 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6078 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6079 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6080 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6081 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6082 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6083 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6085 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6087 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6088 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6089 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6090 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6095 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6096 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6097 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6098 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6099 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6100 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6102 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6103 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6104 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6105 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6106 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6107 so do not warn about them. */
6108 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6110 /* xgettext:c-format */
6111 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6113 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6115 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6116 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6117 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6118 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6121 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6123 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6126 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6127 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6128 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6129 not been decided. */
6130 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6131 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6132 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6133 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6134 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6135 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6136 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6137 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6138 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6139 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6141 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6143 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6145 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6146 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6147 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6148 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6150 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6152 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6155 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6157 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6158 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6159 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6160 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6161 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6163 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6165 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6167 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6168 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6179 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6180 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6183 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6185 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6187 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6189 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6191 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6192 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6193 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6195 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6201 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6202 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6204 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6213 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6214 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6215 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6216 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6217 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6219 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6220 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6221 In cases where the end does not match any
6222 loaded section (for instance is in file
6223 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6224 the end of loaded section contents. */
6225 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6226 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6228 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6229 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6230 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6231 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6232 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6234 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6236 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6242 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6245 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6247 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6249 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6250 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6252 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6256 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6257 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6258 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6260 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6261 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6262 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6268 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6270 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6272 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6273 "and/or program header"),
6274 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6279 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6280 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6282 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6283 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6284 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6286 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6298 static elf_section_list
*
6299 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6301 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6307 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6308 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6309 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6311 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6312 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6313 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6314 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6315 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6316 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6317 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6318 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6320 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6323 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6324 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6326 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6327 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6328 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6331 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6332 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6334 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6335 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6336 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6340 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6341 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6343 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6344 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6345 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6346 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6348 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6351 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6352 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6353 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6355 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6356 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6357 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6358 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6359 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6360 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6361 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6362 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6363 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6365 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6368 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6371 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6372 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6376 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6377 assignment of sections to segments. */
6378 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6381 /* And for non-load sections. */
6382 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6386 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6389 /* Write out the program headers. */
6390 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6393 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6394 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6402 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6403 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6405 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6406 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6407 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6409 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6411 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6412 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6415 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6417 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6418 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6419 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6420 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6422 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6423 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6424 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6425 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6427 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6428 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6429 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6430 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6431 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6432 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6434 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6436 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6438 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6439 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6442 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6443 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6444 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6445 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6446 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6447 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6448 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6449 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6451 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6454 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6455 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6457 /* No program header, for now. */
6458 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6459 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6460 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6462 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6463 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6464 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6466 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6467 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6468 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6469 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6470 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6471 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6472 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6473 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6474 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6480 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6482 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6483 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6484 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6485 changed or the programs updated. */
6488 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6490 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6492 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6493 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6494 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6495 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6496 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6498 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6499 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6500 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6501 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6502 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6504 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6505 segments is non-zero. */
6507 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6512 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6513 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6516 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6519 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6520 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6521 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6522 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6524 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6526 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6527 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6528 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6531 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6533 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6534 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6535 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6536 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6539 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6541 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6543 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6544 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6546 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6547 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6551 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6552 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6554 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6555 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6557 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6558 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6562 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6563 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6566 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6568 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6570 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6572 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6577 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6582 /* Update section size and contents. */
6583 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6584 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6585 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6589 /* Update section size and contents. */
6590 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6591 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6594 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6601 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6603 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6604 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6605 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6606 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6608 /* Place the section headers. */
6609 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6610 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6611 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6612 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6613 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6614 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6620 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6622 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6625 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6626 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6628 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6629 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6631 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6632 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6633 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6634 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6636 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6637 already been written to the BFD. */
6638 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6640 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6644 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6647 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6651 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6654 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6655 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6656 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6658 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6659 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6660 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6661 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6662 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6664 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6666 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6668 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6669 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6674 /* Write out the section header names. */
6675 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6676 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6677 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6678 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6681 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6684 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6687 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6688 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6689 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6695 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6697 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6698 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6701 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6704 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6706 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6707 unsigned int sec_index
;
6709 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6710 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6711 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6713 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6714 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6715 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6716 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6717 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6718 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6720 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6722 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6723 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6725 int retval
= sec_index
;
6727 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6731 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6732 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6737 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6741 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6743 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6745 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6747 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6748 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6749 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6750 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6751 input sections rather than the output section. */
6752 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6753 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6754 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6759 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6760 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6761 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6762 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6763 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6764 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6765 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6768 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6772 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6773 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6775 /* xgettext:c-format */
6776 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6777 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6785 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6786 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6794 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6797 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6799 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6800 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6801 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6802 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6803 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6806 unsigned int num_segments
;
6807 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6808 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6809 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6810 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6811 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6812 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6813 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6815 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6816 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6819 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6821 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6822 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6824 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6825 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6826 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6827 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6829 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6830 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6831 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6832 ? section->size : 0)
6834 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6835 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6836 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6837 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6838 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6839 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6841 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6842 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6843 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6844 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6845 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6846 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6847 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6849 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6850 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6851 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6852 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6853 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6854 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6855 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6857 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6859 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6861 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6865 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6866 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6867 p_memsz set to 0. */
6868 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6870 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6871 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6872 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6873 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6875 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6876 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6877 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6879 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6880 A section will be included if:
6881 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6882 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6883 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6885 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6886 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6887 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6888 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6889 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6890 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6891 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6892 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6893 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6894 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6895 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6896 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6897 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6898 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6899 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6900 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6901 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6902 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6903 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6904 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6905 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6906 || (segment->p_paddr \
6907 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6908 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6909 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6910 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6912 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6913 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6914 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6915 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6916 && section->output_section != NULL)
6918 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6919 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6920 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6922 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6923 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6924 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6925 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6926 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6928 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6929 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6930 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6931 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6932 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6934 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6935 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6936 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6938 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6939 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6940 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6941 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6942 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6943 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6946 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6948 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6952 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6953 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6954 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6955 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6956 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6961 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6963 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6964 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6965 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6967 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6968 assignment code will work. */
6969 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6973 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6975 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6976 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6977 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6981 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6982 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6984 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6986 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6987 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6990 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6991 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6993 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6995 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6996 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6998 if (extra_length
> 0)
7000 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7001 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7004 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7006 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7008 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7013 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7015 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7016 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7018 if (extra_length
> 0)
7020 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7021 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7024 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7029 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7030 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7034 unsigned int section_count
;
7035 asection
**sections
;
7036 asection
*output_section
;
7038 asection
*matching_lma
;
7039 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7042 asection
*first_section
;
7044 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7047 first_section
= NULL
;
7048 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7049 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7051 section
= section
->next
)
7053 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7054 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7055 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7057 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7058 first_section
= section
;
7059 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7064 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7065 all of the sections we have selected. */
7066 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7067 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7068 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7072 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7073 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7075 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7076 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7077 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7079 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7080 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7082 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7084 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7085 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7088 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7089 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7090 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7091 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7092 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7094 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7096 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7097 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7098 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7099 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7100 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7102 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7103 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7106 if (section_count
== 0)
7108 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7109 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7110 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7111 a warning is produced.
7112 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7113 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7114 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7115 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7116 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7117 /* xgettext:c-format */
7119 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7120 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7121 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7123 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7125 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7126 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7131 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7132 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7133 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7134 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7136 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7137 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7140 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7141 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7142 of the first section.
7144 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7145 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7146 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7147 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7148 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7150 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7151 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7152 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7153 or segments to contain the other sections.
7155 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7156 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7157 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7159 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7160 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7161 if (sections
== NULL
)
7164 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7165 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7166 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7167 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7168 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7171 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7172 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7174 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7176 section
= section
->next
)
7178 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7180 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7182 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7184 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7185 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7186 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7187 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7189 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7190 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7192 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7193 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7194 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7195 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7196 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7197 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7199 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7200 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7201 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7203 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7204 LMA address of the output section. */
7205 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7207 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7208 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7209 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7211 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7212 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7213 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7215 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7216 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7218 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7220 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7221 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7223 if (j
== section_count
)
7228 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7230 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7232 if (isec
== section_count
)
7234 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7235 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7236 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7237 program header in the input BFD. */
7238 map
->count
= section_count
;
7239 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7240 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7243 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7245 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7246 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7247 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7248 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7249 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7251 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7253 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7254 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7262 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7263 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7264 section fitted, the first section. */
7265 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7266 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7268 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7270 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7271 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7272 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7274 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7276 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7277 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7278 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7279 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7280 offset when we know the correct value. */
7281 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7282 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7285 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7287 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7288 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7289 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7290 first section lma, but there may have been some
7291 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7292 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7293 the same alignment. */
7294 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7295 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7296 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7300 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7301 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7302 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7303 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7304 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7305 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7311 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7313 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7314 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7316 section
= sections
[j
];
7318 if (section
== NULL
)
7321 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7323 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7325 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7327 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7329 if (map
->count
== 0)
7331 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7332 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7334 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7335 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7336 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7337 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7338 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7340 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7341 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7348 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7350 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7351 and the start of this section is more than
7352 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7353 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7355 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7356 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7357 > output_section
->lma
))
7359 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7360 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7366 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7369 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7370 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7372 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7373 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7376 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7377 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7378 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7379 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7380 So allow a count of zero. */
7382 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7383 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7384 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7386 if (isec
< section_count
)
7388 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7389 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7390 and carry on looping. */
7391 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7392 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7393 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7400 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7401 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7402 not yet been assigned. */
7404 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7405 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7406 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7407 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7408 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7409 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7410 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7415 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7419 while (isec
< section_count
);
7424 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7426 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7427 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7428 the offset if necessary. */
7429 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7433 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7436 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7437 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7438 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7440 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7441 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7444 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7445 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7452 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7453 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7455 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7456 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7457 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7458 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7459 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7460 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7464 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7467 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7469 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7470 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7471 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7472 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7473 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7475 unsigned int num_segments
;
7476 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7477 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7478 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7480 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7483 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7485 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7486 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7487 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7488 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7489 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7492 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7494 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7498 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7503 unsigned int section_count
;
7505 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7506 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7507 asection
*lowest_section
;
7509 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7510 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7512 section
= section
->next
)
7514 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7515 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7517 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7518 first_section
= section
;
7523 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7524 all of the sections we have selected. */
7525 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7526 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7527 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7531 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7534 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7535 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7536 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7537 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7538 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7539 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7540 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7541 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7543 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7544 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7546 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7547 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7548 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7549 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7550 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7552 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7553 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7556 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7557 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7558 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7559 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7561 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7562 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7564 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7565 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7566 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7567 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7568 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7570 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7571 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7574 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7575 if (section_count
!= 0)
7577 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7579 for (section
= first_section
;
7581 section
= section
->next
)
7583 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7584 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7586 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7587 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7591 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7592 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7593 lowest_section
= section
;
7595 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7596 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7597 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7598 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7600 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7601 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7603 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7604 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7605 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7607 if (isec
== section_count
)
7613 if (section_count
== 0)
7614 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7615 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7617 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7618 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7619 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7620 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7621 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7622 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7624 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7625 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7628 map
->count
= section_count
;
7629 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7630 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7633 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7637 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7641 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7643 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7644 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7647 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7650 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7652 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7653 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7654 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7655 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7656 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7657 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7658 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7660 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7662 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7663 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7666 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7667 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7668 section
= section
->next
)
7669 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7671 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7672 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7676 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7677 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7678 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7679 map in this case. */
7680 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7681 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7682 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7685 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7686 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7688 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7689 from the input BFD. */
7690 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7692 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7694 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7695 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7696 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7698 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7699 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7701 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7702 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7703 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7704 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7705 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7706 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7712 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7714 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7715 section
= section
->next
)
7717 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7720 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7723 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7727 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7729 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7730 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7731 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7733 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7734 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7736 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7739 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7740 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7742 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7743 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7744 /* xgettext:c-format */
7745 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7746 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7747 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7749 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7752 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7753 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7756 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7759 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7762 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7766 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7769 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7770 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7771 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7773 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7774 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7777 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7779 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7780 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7781 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7782 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7783 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7784 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7785 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7786 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7787 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7788 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7789 are different the user may be doing something like
7790 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7791 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7792 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7793 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7795 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7796 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7797 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7799 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7800 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7801 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7803 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7804 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7805 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7806 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7807 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7809 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7810 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7811 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7812 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7813 if ((link_info
== NULL
7814 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7815 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7816 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7818 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7819 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7820 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7821 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7824 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7825 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7826 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7829 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7831 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7832 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7833 may be NULL at this point. */
7834 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7836 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7837 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7838 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7841 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7846 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7847 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7850 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7855 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7857 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7858 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7861 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7862 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7864 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7866 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7867 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7868 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7869 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7870 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7872 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7876 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7877 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7878 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7879 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7880 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7884 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7888 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7889 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7891 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7892 asection
*s
= first
;
7893 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7897 /* If this member section is being output but the
7898 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7899 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7900 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7901 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7903 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7904 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7908 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7909 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7910 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7912 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7913 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7916 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7917 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7919 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7920 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7925 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7927 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7928 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7930 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7931 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7935 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7941 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7943 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7944 adjust the input section size. */
7945 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7946 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7947 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7948 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7951 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7956 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7958 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7959 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7961 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7962 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7971 /* Copy private header information. */
7974 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7976 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7977 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7980 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7981 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7982 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7983 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7984 already been worked out. */
7985 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7987 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7991 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7994 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7995 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7996 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7997 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7998 swap_out_syms function. */
8000 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8001 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8002 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8003 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8004 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8007 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8012 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8014 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8015 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8018 isym
= elf_symbol_from (isymarg
);
8019 osym
= elf_symbol_from (osymarg
);
8022 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8024 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8028 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8029 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8030 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8031 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8032 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8033 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8035 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8036 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8037 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8038 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8039 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8045 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8048 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8049 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8052 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8053 unsigned int symcount
;
8055 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8056 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8057 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8058 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8059 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8060 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8061 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8062 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8063 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8065 unsigned int num_locals
;
8067 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8069 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8072 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8073 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8077 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8078 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8079 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8080 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8081 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8082 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8083 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8084 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8086 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8087 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8089 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8090 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8091 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8093 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8094 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8098 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8099 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8105 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8108 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8109 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8111 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8112 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8114 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8116 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8117 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8119 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8120 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8122 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8123 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8126 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8127 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8128 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8129 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8130 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8132 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8135 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8137 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8138 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8144 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8145 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8146 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8147 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8148 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8149 outbound_syms_index
++;
8150 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8151 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8155 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8156 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8158 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8159 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8161 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8162 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8163 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8164 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8167 if (!name_local_sections
8168 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8170 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8171 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8175 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8176 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8178 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8180 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8184 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (syms
[idx
]);
8186 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8187 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8189 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8190 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8191 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8192 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8193 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8194 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8195 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8197 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8198 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8199 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8203 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8206 if (sec
->output_section
)
8208 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8209 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8212 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8213 if (! relocatable_p
)
8215 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8216 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8218 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8220 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8222 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8223 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8224 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8225 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8229 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8232 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8235 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8238 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8241 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8242 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8249 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8251 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8252 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8253 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8257 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8258 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8259 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8268 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8270 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8274 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8275 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8276 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8277 demand of applications. For example, it
8278 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8279 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8280 actually in the output file. */
8281 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8283 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8284 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8286 /* xgettext:c-format */
8288 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8289 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8290 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8292 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8298 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8301 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8303 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8304 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8305 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8307 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8309 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8311 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8316 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8319 /* Processor-specific types. */
8320 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8321 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8322 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8323 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8325 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8327 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8328 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8330 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8332 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8334 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8336 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8337 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8338 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8340 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8341 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8343 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8345 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8346 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8350 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8351 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8354 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8356 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8358 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8359 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8360 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8362 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8365 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8368 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8370 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8371 sym
.st_target_internal
8372 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8377 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8381 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8382 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8383 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8385 outbound_syms_index
++;
8386 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8387 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8390 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8391 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8393 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8394 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8396 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8397 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8398 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8400 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8401 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8402 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8404 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8405 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8407 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8408 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8413 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8414 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8415 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8416 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8417 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8418 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8419 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8420 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8425 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8427 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8428 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8429 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8432 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8434 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8436 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8438 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8439 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8441 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8444 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8446 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8447 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8449 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8451 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8453 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8462 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8464 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8466 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8468 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8470 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8474 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8475 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8480 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8482 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8483 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8485 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8487 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8489 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8498 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8500 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8502 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8503 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8504 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8505 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8506 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8508 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8510 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8515 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8516 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8518 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8522 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8525 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8528 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8535 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8537 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8540 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8541 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8542 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8546 return section
->reloc_count
;
8550 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8552 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8553 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8556 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8561 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8562 asymbol
**allocation
)
8564 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8565 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8568 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8572 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8573 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8574 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8575 dynamic reloc section. */
8578 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8580 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8583 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8591 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8592 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8593 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8594 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8596 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8597 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8599 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8602 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8603 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8605 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8609 if (count
> 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8611 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8612 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8613 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8615 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8619 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8622 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8623 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8624 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8625 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8626 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8627 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8628 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8631 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8635 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8639 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8641 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8645 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8647 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8649 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8650 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8651 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8656 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8658 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8660 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8671 /* Read in the version information. */
8674 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8676 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8677 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8680 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8682 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8683 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8684 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8686 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8688 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8690 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8691 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8693 error_return_bad_verref
:
8695 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8697 error_return_verref
:
8698 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8699 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8703 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8704 goto error_return_verref
;
8705 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8706 if (contents
== NULL
)
8707 goto error_return_verref
;
8709 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8711 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8712 goto error_return_verref
;
8714 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8715 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8716 goto error_return_verref
;
8718 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8719 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8720 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8721 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8722 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8723 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8725 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8726 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8729 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8731 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8733 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8734 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8736 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8737 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8739 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8740 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8743 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8744 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8746 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8747 goto error_return_verref
;
8749 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8750 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8751 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8752 goto error_return_verref
;
8755 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8756 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8757 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8759 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8760 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8761 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8762 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8764 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8766 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8767 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8768 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8769 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8770 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8772 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8773 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8775 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8776 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8778 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8781 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8782 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8784 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8785 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8786 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8788 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8789 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8792 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8793 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8795 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8796 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8798 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8799 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8800 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8802 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8803 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8805 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8811 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8813 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8814 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8815 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8816 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8817 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8819 unsigned int maxidx
;
8820 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8822 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8824 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8826 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8828 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8829 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8830 error_return_verdef
:
8831 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8832 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8836 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8837 goto error_return_verdef
;
8838 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8839 if (contents
== NULL
)
8840 goto error_return_verdef
;
8842 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8843 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8844 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8845 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8846 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8847 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8849 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8850 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8852 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8854 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8856 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8858 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8859 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8860 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8861 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8863 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8866 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8867 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8868 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8870 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8871 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8874 if (default_imported_symver
)
8876 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8881 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8884 goto error_return_verdef
;
8886 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8887 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8888 goto error_return_verdef
;
8890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8892 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8893 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8894 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8896 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8897 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8900 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8902 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8903 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8905 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8906 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8908 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8910 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8911 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8914 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8915 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8917 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8918 goto error_return_verdef
;
8920 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8921 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8922 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8923 goto error_return_verdef
;
8927 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8928 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8930 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8931 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8932 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8933 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8935 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8937 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8938 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8939 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8940 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8941 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8943 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8944 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8946 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8949 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8950 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8952 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8953 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8954 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8956 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8957 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8960 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8961 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8962 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8964 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8965 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8967 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8968 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8970 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8971 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8977 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8984 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8986 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8989 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8990 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8993 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8996 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8997 if (default_imported_symver
)
8999 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
9000 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
9002 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
9004 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
9005 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
9006 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
9007 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
9009 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9011 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
9012 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
9013 goto error_return_verdef
;
9014 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9015 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9016 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
9017 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9018 goto error_return_verdef
;
9020 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9021 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9032 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9034 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9036 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9039 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9040 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9044 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9048 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9051 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9052 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9056 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9059 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9060 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9063 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9064 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9065 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9068 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9069 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9070 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9071 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9072 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9073 we treat such symbols as local. */
9074 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9077 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9078 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9079 These labels have the form:
9081 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9083 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9085 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9086 so we only need to match the rest. */
9087 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9089 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9093 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9095 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9097 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9098 /* A fake symbol. */
9101 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9102 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9103 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9104 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9105 other than some kind of local ? */
9122 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9123 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9130 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9131 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9132 unsigned long machine
)
9134 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9135 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9136 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9137 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9138 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9141 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9144 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9145 for error reporting. */
9148 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9152 const char **filename_ptr
,
9153 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9154 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9155 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9159 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9160 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9161 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9162 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9163 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9166 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9167 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9169 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9170 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9171 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9176 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9177 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9178 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9179 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9181 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9184 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9187 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9188 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9195 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9198 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9199 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9201 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9202 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9203 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9204 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9207 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9208 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9209 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9210 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9211 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9214 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9215 const char **filename_ptr
,
9216 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9217 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9220 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9221 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9222 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9227 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9229 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9230 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9232 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9234 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9236 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9238 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9241 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9242 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9245 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9248 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9256 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9258 const void *location
,
9260 bfd_size_type count
)
9262 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9265 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9266 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9272 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9273 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9275 unsigned char *contents
;
9277 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9278 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9282 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9285 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9291 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9294 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9301 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9302 if (contents
== NULL
)
9305 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9312 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9316 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9317 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9318 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9325 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9326 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9327 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9333 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9336 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9338 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9340 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9342 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9343 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9345 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9346 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9348 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9350 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9353 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9356 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9359 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9362 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9365 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9368 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9374 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9376 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9378 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9379 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9381 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9386 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9392 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9395 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9398 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9401 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9404 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9410 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9414 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9422 /* xgettext:c-format */
9423 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9424 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9430 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9432 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9434 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9435 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9437 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9438 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9439 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9442 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9445 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9446 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9447 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9450 bfd_reloc_status_type
9451 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9452 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9453 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9454 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9455 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9457 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9460 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9461 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9462 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9463 out details about the corefile. */
9465 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9466 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9469 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9470 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9473 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9477 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9479 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9484 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9485 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9486 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9490 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9494 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9497 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9501 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9502 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9503 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9507 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9508 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9509 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9510 such a section already exists.
9511 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9512 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9513 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9515 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9521 char *threaded_name
;
9525 /* Build the section name. */
9527 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9528 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9529 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9530 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9532 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9534 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9539 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9540 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9542 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9546 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9549 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9555 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9556 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9557 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9562 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9564 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9568 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9571 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9576 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9580 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9581 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9582 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9584 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9585 has already been set by another thread. */
9586 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9587 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9588 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9589 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9591 /* pr_who exists on:
9594 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9597 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9598 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9600 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9603 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9604 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9606 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9607 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9609 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9610 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9611 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9613 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9614 has already been set by another thread. */
9615 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9616 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9617 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9618 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9620 /* pr_who exists on:
9623 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9626 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9627 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9632 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9635 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9636 note size (ie. data object type). */
9640 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9641 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9642 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9644 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9646 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9648 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9650 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9652 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9653 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9656 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9657 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9658 data structure apart. */
9661 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9663 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9666 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9667 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9671 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9673 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9676 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9677 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9678 contents literally. */
9681 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9683 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9687 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9689 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9693 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9695 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9699 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9701 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9705 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9707 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9711 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9713 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9717 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9719 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9723 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9725 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9729 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9731 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9735 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9737 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9741 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9743 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9747 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9749 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9753 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9755 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9759 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9761 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9765 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9767 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9771 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9773 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9777 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9779 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9783 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9785 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9789 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9791 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9795 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9797 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9801 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9803 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9807 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9809 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9813 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9815 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9819 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9821 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9825 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9827 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9831 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9833 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9837 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9839 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9843 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9845 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9849 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9851 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9855 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9857 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9861 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9863 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9867 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9869 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9873 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9875 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9879 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9881 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9885 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9887 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9891 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9893 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
9896 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9897 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9898 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9899 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9903 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9904 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9905 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9906 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9910 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9911 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9912 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9915 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9918 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9926 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9930 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9936 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9938 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9940 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9942 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9944 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9946 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9947 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9949 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9950 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9951 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9953 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9954 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9955 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9957 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9958 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9960 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9961 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9963 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9965 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9966 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9968 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9969 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9970 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9972 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9973 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9974 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9980 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9981 note size (ie. data object type). */
9985 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9986 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9987 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9990 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9991 int n
= strlen (command
);
9993 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9994 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9999 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
10001 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10003 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10005 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
10006 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
10007 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
10013 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10015 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10017 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10018 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10020 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10023 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10025 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10028 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10029 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10030 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10034 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10036 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10038 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10040 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10046 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10047 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10048 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10053 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10055 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10056 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10058 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10059 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10061 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10063 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10064 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10065 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10068 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10070 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10074 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10075 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10076 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10077 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10080 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10081 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10082 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10085 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10087 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10090 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10092 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10093 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10094 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10097 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10099 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10103 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10104 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10105 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10106 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10109 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10110 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10111 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10114 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10116 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10118 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10120 /* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by
10121 Cygwin's core_dump.h */
10122 #define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1
10123 #define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2
10124 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3
10125 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4
10128 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10133 unsigned int name_size
;
10136 int is_active_thread
;
10139 if (note
->descsz
< 4)
10142 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10145 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10148 const char *type_name
;
10149 unsigned long min_size
;
10152 { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 },
10153 { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 },
10154 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 },
10155 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 },
10158 if (type
> (sizeof(size_check
)/sizeof(size_check
[0])))
10161 if (note
->descsz
< size_check
[type
- 1].min_size
)
10163 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"),
10164 abfd
, size_check
[type
- 1].type_name
, note
->descsz
);
10170 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
10171 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10172 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10173 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10176 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
10177 /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT
10179 /* thread_info.tid */
10180 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4));
10182 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10183 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10187 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10189 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10193 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10194 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 12;
10195 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10196 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10197 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10199 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10200 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10202 if (is_active_thread
)
10203 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10207 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
10208 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64
:
10209 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10210 if (type
== NOTE_INFO_MODULE
)
10212 /* module_info.base_address */
10213 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10214 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10215 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10216 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10218 else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */
10220 /* module_info.base_address */
10221 base_addr
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10222 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10223 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10224 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10227 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10228 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10232 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10234 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10239 if (note
->descsz
< 12 + name_size
)
10241 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %u"),
10242 abfd
, note
->descsz
, name_size
);
10246 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10247 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10248 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10259 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10263 switch (note
->type
)
10269 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10270 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10272 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10273 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10278 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10280 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10283 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10285 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10288 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10289 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10291 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10292 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10294 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10295 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10296 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10297 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10301 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10302 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10303 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10304 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10309 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10310 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10311 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10316 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10317 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10318 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10323 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10324 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10325 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10330 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10331 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10332 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10337 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10338 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10339 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10344 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10345 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10346 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10351 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10352 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10353 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10357 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10358 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10359 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10360 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10364 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10365 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10366 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10367 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10371 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10372 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10373 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10374 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10378 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10379 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10380 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10381 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10385 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10386 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10387 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10388 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10392 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10393 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10394 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10395 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10399 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10400 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10401 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10402 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10406 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10407 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10408 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10409 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10413 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10414 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10415 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10416 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10420 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10421 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10422 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10423 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10427 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10428 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10429 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10430 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10434 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10435 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10436 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10437 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10442 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10443 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10444 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10448 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10449 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10450 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10451 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10455 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10456 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10457 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10458 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10462 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10463 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10464 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10465 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10470 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10471 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10472 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10476 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10477 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10478 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10479 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10483 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10484 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10485 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10486 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10490 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10491 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10492 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10493 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10497 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10498 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10499 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10500 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10505 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10506 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10507 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10512 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10513 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10514 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10519 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10520 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10521 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10525 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10526 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10527 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10528 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10532 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10533 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10534 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10535 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10540 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10541 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10542 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10546 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10547 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10548 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10549 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10555 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10556 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10558 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10559 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10565 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10568 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10572 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10579 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10581 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10583 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10586 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10587 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10590 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10591 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10592 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10598 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10600 switch (note
->type
)
10605 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10606 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10608 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10609 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10614 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10616 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10617 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10618 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10620 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10621 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10622 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10624 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10630 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10632 switch (note
->type
)
10635 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10643 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10647 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10650 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10655 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10663 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10664 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10669 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10670 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10674 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10678 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10679 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10680 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10683 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10684 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10685 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10688 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10691 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10692 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10695 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10696 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10702 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10708 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10709 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10710 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10714 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10718 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10719 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10726 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10729 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10730 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10733 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10734 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10735 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10737 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10742 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10746 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10749 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10750 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10751 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10752 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10755 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10756 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10757 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10760 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10761 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10764 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10765 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10768 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10769 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10770 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10774 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10776 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10778 switch (note
->type
)
10781 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10782 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10784 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10787 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10790 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10792 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10793 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10794 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10798 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10799 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10802 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10803 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10806 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10807 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10810 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10811 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10813 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10814 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10815 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10819 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10820 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10824 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10832 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10836 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10839 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10846 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10848 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10851 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10852 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10853 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10855 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10856 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10857 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10859 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10860 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10861 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10863 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10868 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10872 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10873 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10875 switch (note
->type
)
10877 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10878 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10879 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10880 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10881 creates a core file. */
10882 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10883 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10884 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10885 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10886 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10888 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10889 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10890 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10891 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10898 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10899 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10900 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10903 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10907 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10909 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10910 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10912 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10913 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10914 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10915 switch (note
->type
)
10917 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10918 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10920 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10921 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10927 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10928 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10929 structure which lacks GBR. */
10932 switch (note
->type
)
10934 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10935 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10937 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10938 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10944 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10945 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10948 switch (note
->type
)
10950 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10951 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10953 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10954 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10964 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10966 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10969 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10970 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10971 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10973 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10974 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10975 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10977 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10978 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10979 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10985 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10987 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10988 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10990 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10991 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10993 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10994 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10996 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10997 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10999 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
11000 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
11002 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
11004 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
11009 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11010 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11011 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
11020 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
11022 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
11029 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
11032 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
11033 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
11035 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
11036 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
11038 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
11039 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
11041 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
11042 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
11044 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
11045 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11048 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
11049 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
11050 thread just in case. */
11051 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
11052 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11054 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
11055 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
11057 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11060 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11062 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11066 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11067 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11068 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11070 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11074 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11075 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11083 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11084 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11086 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11089 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11091 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11095 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11096 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11097 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11099 /* This is the current thread. */
11100 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11101 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11106 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11107 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11108 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11109 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11112 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11114 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11115 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11117 static long tid
= 1;
11119 switch (note
->type
)
11121 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11122 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11123 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11124 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11125 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11126 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11127 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11128 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11135 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11141 /* Use note name as section name. */
11142 len
= note
->namesz
;
11143 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11146 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11147 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11149 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11153 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11154 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11155 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11160 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11163 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11167 size of data for note
11169 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11170 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11171 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11172 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11175 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11178 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11186 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11193 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11195 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11197 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11200 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11201 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11202 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11203 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11204 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11205 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11209 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11217 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11227 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11228 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11229 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11230 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11231 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11232 be NULL terminated.
11233 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11234 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11235 the finer control available with later versions.
11236 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11237 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11238 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11239 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11240 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11241 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11242 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11245 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11249 const char *psargs
)
11251 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11253 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11256 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11257 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11262 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11263 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11264 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11266 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11268 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11271 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11274 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11275 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11276 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11277 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11278 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11283 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11285 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11288 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11291 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11292 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11293 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11294 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11295 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11297 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11302 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11303 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11307 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11308 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11309 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11311 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11313 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11315 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11316 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11317 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11321 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11323 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11324 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11325 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11330 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11331 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11332 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11334 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11336 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11338 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11339 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11340 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11344 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11346 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11347 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11348 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11353 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11360 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11362 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11365 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11367 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11372 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11373 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11374 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11376 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11378 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11379 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11380 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11381 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11382 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11383 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11390 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11391 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11392 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11393 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11394 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11395 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11397 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11403 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11405 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11412 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11413 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11415 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11416 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11417 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11418 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11419 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11420 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11421 #if !defined(gregs)
11422 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11423 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11425 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11426 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11429 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11430 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11432 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11434 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11436 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11440 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11441 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11443 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11444 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11445 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11447 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11451 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11452 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11453 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11454 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11462 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11463 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11464 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11465 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11469 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11472 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11475 const void *fpregs
,
11478 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11479 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11480 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11484 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11487 const void *xfpregs
,
11490 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11491 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11492 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11496 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11497 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11500 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11501 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11503 note_name
= "LINUX";
11504 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11505 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11509 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11512 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11515 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11516 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11517 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11521 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11524 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11527 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11528 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11529 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11533 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11536 const void *ppc_tar
,
11539 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11540 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11541 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11545 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11548 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11551 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11552 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11553 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11557 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11560 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11563 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11564 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11565 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11569 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11572 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11575 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11576 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11577 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11581 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11584 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11587 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11588 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11589 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11593 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11596 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11599 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11600 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11601 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11605 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11608 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11611 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11612 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11613 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11617 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11620 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11623 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11624 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11625 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11629 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11632 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11635 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11636 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11637 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11641 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11644 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11647 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11648 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11649 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11653 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11656 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11659 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11660 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11661 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11665 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11668 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11671 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11672 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11673 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11677 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11680 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11683 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11684 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11685 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11689 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11692 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11695 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11696 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11697 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11698 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11702 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11705 const void *s390_timer
,
11708 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11709 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11710 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11714 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11717 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11720 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11721 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11722 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11726 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11729 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11732 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11733 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11734 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11738 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11741 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11744 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11745 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11746 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11750 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11753 const void *s390_prefix
,
11756 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11757 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11758 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11762 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11765 const void *s390_last_break
,
11768 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11769 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11770 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11771 s390_last_break
, size
);
11775 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11778 const void *s390_system_call
,
11781 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11782 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11783 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11784 s390_system_call
, size
);
11788 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11791 const void *s390_tdb
,
11794 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11795 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11796 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11800 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11803 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11806 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11807 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11808 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11812 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11815 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11818 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11819 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11820 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11821 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11825 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11828 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11831 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11832 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11833 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11838 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11841 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11844 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11845 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11846 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11851 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11854 const void *arm_vfp
,
11857 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11858 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11859 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11863 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11866 const void *aarch_tls
,
11869 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11870 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11871 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11875 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11878 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11881 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11882 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11883 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11887 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11890 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11893 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11894 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11895 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11899 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11902 const void *aarch_sve
,
11905 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11906 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11907 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11911 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11914 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11917 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11918 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11919 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11923 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
11926 const void *arc_v2
,
11929 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11930 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11931 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
11935 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11938 const char *section
,
11942 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11943 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11944 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11945 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11946 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11947 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11948 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11949 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11950 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11951 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11952 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11953 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11954 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11955 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11956 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11957 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11958 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11959 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11960 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11961 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11962 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11963 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11964 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11965 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11966 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11967 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11968 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11969 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11970 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11971 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11972 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11973 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11974 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11975 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11976 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11977 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11978 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11979 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11980 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11981 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11982 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11983 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11984 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11985 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11986 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11987 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11988 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11989 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11990 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11991 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11992 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11993 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11994 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11995 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11996 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11997 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11998 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11999 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12000 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
12001 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12002 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
12003 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12004 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
12005 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12006 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
12007 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12008 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
12009 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12010 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
12011 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12012 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
12013 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12014 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
12015 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12016 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
12017 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12022 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
12027 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
12028 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
12029 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
12030 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
12033 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
12037 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
12039 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
12040 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
12042 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
12045 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
12047 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
12048 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
12049 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
12052 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
12053 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
12054 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
12056 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
12057 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12060 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12067 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12070 const char * string
;
12072 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12076 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12077 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12078 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12079 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12080 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12081 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12082 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
12084 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12087 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12089 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12090 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12091 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12093 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12102 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12104 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12107 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12108 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12110 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12116 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12123 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12128 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12131 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12134 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12138 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12139 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12142 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12152 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12154 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12155 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12156 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12159 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12161 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12163 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12167 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12170 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12171 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12172 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12173 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12175 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12176 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12179 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12183 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12185 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12189 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12190 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12191 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12192 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12197 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12198 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12199 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12200 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12202 return reloc_class_normal
;
12205 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12206 relocation against a local symbol. */
12209 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12210 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12212 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12214 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12215 bfd_vma relocation
;
12217 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12218 + sec
->output_offset
12220 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12221 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12222 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12225 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12226 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12227 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12230 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12231 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12232 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12233 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12234 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12235 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12236 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12239 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12240 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12246 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12247 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12251 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12253 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12254 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12256 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12257 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12258 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12261 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12262 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12263 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12264 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12268 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12269 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12273 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12275 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12276 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12278 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12279 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12282 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12284 /* Reverse the offset. */
12285 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12286 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12288 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12289 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12290 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12291 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12297 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12298 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12299 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12300 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12301 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12302 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12304 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12305 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12306 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12307 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12308 the remote memory. */
12311 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12314 bfd_size_type size
,
12315 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12316 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12318 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12319 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12323 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12324 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12325 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12330 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12333 const char *relplt_name
;
12334 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12338 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12344 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12347 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12350 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12353 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12354 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12355 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12356 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12357 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12360 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12361 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12362 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12365 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12369 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12370 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12373 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12374 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12375 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12376 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12378 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12379 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12382 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12384 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12389 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12393 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12394 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12396 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12401 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12402 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12405 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12406 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12407 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12408 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12409 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12410 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12412 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12415 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12416 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12418 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12422 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12423 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12424 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12425 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12428 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12431 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12432 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12439 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12440 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12441 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12442 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12443 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12444 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12445 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12446 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12449 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12451 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12453 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12455 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12456 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12458 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12459 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12460 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12461 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12463 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12464 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12465 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12466 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12468 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12469 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12470 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12471 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12472 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12473 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12474 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12482 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12483 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12484 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12487 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12489 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12490 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12493 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12494 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12495 otherwise return zero. */
12498 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12501 bfd_size_type size
;
12503 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12504 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12505 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12508 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12510 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12511 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12517 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12518 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12520 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12521 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12522 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12524 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12527 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12528 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12530 unsigned int shindex
)
12532 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12533 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12536 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12537 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12539 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12540 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12543 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12546 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12548 asymbol
** symbols
)
12550 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12552 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12553 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12555 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12556 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12557 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12560 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12562 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12563 associated with SEC. */
12564 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12566 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12568 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12569 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
12570 && (hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
12571 || hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
12573 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12574 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12575 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12576 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12578 unsigned int entsize
;
12579 unsigned int symcount
;
12580 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12583 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12586 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12587 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12588 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12590 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12592 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12593 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12599 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12600 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12602 free (native_relocs
);
12603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12608 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12609 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12611 free (native_relocs
);
12616 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12617 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12620 free (native_relocs
);
12621 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12622 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12627 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12629 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12630 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12632 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12635 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12637 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
12638 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12639 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
12640 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12642 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12643 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12644 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12645 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12646 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12647 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12649 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12651 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12653 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12654 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12655 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12656 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12658 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12661 /* xgettext:c-format */
12662 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12663 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12664 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12665 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12666 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12673 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12675 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12676 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12677 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12680 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12682 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12683 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12685 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12686 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12693 free (native_relocs
);
12694 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12695 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12702 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12705 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12706 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12707 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12708 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12712 struct bfd_elf_section_data
* esd
;
12714 if (isection
== NULL
)
12717 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12720 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12724 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12728 esd
= elf_section_data (osec
);
12729 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->sec_info
== NULL
);
12730 esd
->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12731 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12732 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12733 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12735 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12737 /* xgettext:c-format */
12738 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12740 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12744 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12745 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12746 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12749 /* xgettext:c-format */
12750 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12752 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12756 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12758 if (isection
== NULL
12759 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12760 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12763 /* xgettext:c-format */
12764 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12766 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12770 esd
= elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
);
12771 BFD_ASSERT (esd
!= NULL
);
12772 osection
->sh_info
= esd
->this_idx
;
12773 esd
->has_secondary_relocs
= TRUE
;
12774 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12775 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12776 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12777 fprintf (stderr
, "mark section %s as having secondary relocs\n",
12778 bfd_section_name (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
));
12784 /* Write out a secondary reloc section.
12786 FIXME: Currently this function can result in a serious performance penalty
12787 for files with secondary relocs and lots of sections. The proper way to
12788 fix this is for _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields() to chain secondary
12789 relocs together and then to have this function just walk that chain. */
12792 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12794 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12795 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12797 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12798 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12803 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12804 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12805 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12808 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12810 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12811 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12812 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12814 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12815 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12817 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12818 associated with SEC. */
12819 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12821 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12822 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12824 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12825 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12827 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12829 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12831 unsigned int entsize
;
12832 arelent
* src_irel
;
12833 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12835 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12838 /* xgettext:c-format */
12839 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12841 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12846 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12850 /* xgettext:c-format */
12851 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has zero sized entries"),
12853 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12857 else if (entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
12858 && entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
12861 /* xgettext:c-format */
12862 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has non-standard sized entries"),
12864 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12869 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ entsize
;
12870 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12873 /* xgettext:c-format */
12874 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12881 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12882 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12885 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12886 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12887 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12891 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12892 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12893 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
12896 /* xgettext:c-format */
12897 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
12899 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12904 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= entsize
)
12906 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12911 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12915 /* xgettext:c-format */
12916 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
12917 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12918 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12923 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
12925 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
12930 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12932 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12936 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12940 /* xgettext:c-format */
12941 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
12942 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12943 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12952 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
12953 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12954 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12957 /* xgettext:c-format */
12958 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
12959 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12960 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12966 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
12967 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
12970 /* xgettext:c-format */
12971 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
12972 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12973 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12975 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
12978 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
12979 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
12981 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
12982 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);
12983 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
12984 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);